teamdef user’s manual - componentsource · teamdef user’s manual application aspect 7 welcome...
TRANSCRIPT
APPLICATION ASPECT
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
5292009
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
3 Copyright (legal information)
Copyright Application Aspect 2007-2009 All rights reserved
The information contained in this document is proprietary to Application Aspect and may not be
used or disseminated inappropriately This document or any part of it may not be reproduced
without the written permission of Application Aspect
TRADEMARKS Microsoft Windows Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows 2003
Windows Vista Team Foundation Server Visual Studio NET SQL Server Office logo and BackOffice
are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation
Other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks andor service marks of
their respective owners
DISCLAIMER SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED AND LICENSED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
4 Contents Copyright (legal information) 3
TRADEMARKS 3
DISCLAIMER 3
Welcome to TeamDef 7
TeamDef Concepts 8
Overview 8
Features 8
Usage Scenarios 10
Scenario A 10
Scenario B 10
Scenario C 10
TeamDef Basics 12
Application Layout 12
Planning Mode 13
Adding Tasks to the Calendar 13
Change (Edit) Tasks 14
Create New Task 15
Tracking Mode 16
Working with users 18
Change user assignment 18
Users Selector 19
Pending e-mails 20
Pending Changes 21
Publish 23
Publish logic 24
Refresh 25
Work Items List 27
My Work Items 28
Baseline 29
Calendar views and calendar grouping options 30
Labels and Label Designer 31
Look and Feel 32
Filter 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
5 Projects Products and Customers 34
Archiving Projects 34
Print and print preview 35
Help 37
License 38
TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage 39
Roles 39
Change Working Time 40
Column Mappings 41
Work Items Hierarchy 43
Insert Work Item 45
Adjust Time Interval 46
Delete And Adjust 47
Share 48
Application Options 49
Reporting 52
Dashboards 52
Gantt Dashboard 52
Project Dashboard 53
User Remaining Work Dashboard 54
Gantt Charts 55
Projects Gantt 55
Users Gantt 56
Customers Gantt 57
Products Gantt 58
Tasks Gantt 59
Charts 60
User Work Chart 60
Users Completed Work Chart 61
Reports 62
Project Statistics 62
Products Statistics 63
Customers Statistics 64
Pivots 65
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
6 Projects Planning 65
Projects Tracking 66
Users Planning 67
Users Tracking 68
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application
TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our
development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server
we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our
own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-
the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we
were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers
to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team
Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born
While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead
for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions
Are we losing money on some project or client
What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly
What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project
How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates
When will we have time and users to do our next project
Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule
And so onhellip
Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that
you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process
Application Aspect
TeamDef Development Team
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
8 TeamDef Concepts
Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team
Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and
Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that
is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server
Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow
Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to
projects
Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)
Custom column mappings
Team members can easily track actual work
E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them
Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related
only to them
One task can be assigned to more than one user
Advanced filtering of displayed information
Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently
Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server
Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours
consumption between initial planning and later modifications
Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours
consumption
Projects can be archived when they are finished
Work item reminders
See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual
duration
Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers
team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of
the application
Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)
Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)
All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)
Print preview and print of work items
Find in calendar and find in work items list
Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by
user
Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item
viewing
Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization
Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format
Customizable working hours
Support for default and particular project calendar
Project list with Team Foundation Query browser
Date navigator
Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can
find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work
Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader
business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the
project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS
Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project
manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef
for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting
Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help
of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining
work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is
then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are
put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and
also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the
realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each
(summary) task he is assigned to
Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for
planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose
Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members
In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager
is the same person
Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done
by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each
task
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not
hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development
process
Diagram 1
Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather
than team that is hierarchical organized
Project Manager
Team Leader
Team Member
Team Member
Team Leader
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on
Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application
window displayed on Picture 1
Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen
Picture 1
Main application window is divided in several different sections
Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three
sections Home Tools and Reporting
Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project
List
Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and
which allows you to select work item query for particular project
Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar
Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work
items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
3 Copyright (legal information)
Copyright Application Aspect 2007-2009 All rights reserved
The information contained in this document is proprietary to Application Aspect and may not be
used or disseminated inappropriately This document or any part of it may not be reproduced
without the written permission of Application Aspect
TRADEMARKS Microsoft Windows Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows 2003
Windows Vista Team Foundation Server Visual Studio NET SQL Server Office logo and BackOffice
are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation
Other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks andor service marks of
their respective owners
DISCLAIMER SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED AND LICENSED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
4 Contents Copyright (legal information) 3
TRADEMARKS 3
DISCLAIMER 3
Welcome to TeamDef 7
TeamDef Concepts 8
Overview 8
Features 8
Usage Scenarios 10
Scenario A 10
Scenario B 10
Scenario C 10
TeamDef Basics 12
Application Layout 12
Planning Mode 13
Adding Tasks to the Calendar 13
Change (Edit) Tasks 14
Create New Task 15
Tracking Mode 16
Working with users 18
Change user assignment 18
Users Selector 19
Pending e-mails 20
Pending Changes 21
Publish 23
Publish logic 24
Refresh 25
Work Items List 27
My Work Items 28
Baseline 29
Calendar views and calendar grouping options 30
Labels and Label Designer 31
Look and Feel 32
Filter 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
5 Projects Products and Customers 34
Archiving Projects 34
Print and print preview 35
Help 37
License 38
TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage 39
Roles 39
Change Working Time 40
Column Mappings 41
Work Items Hierarchy 43
Insert Work Item 45
Adjust Time Interval 46
Delete And Adjust 47
Share 48
Application Options 49
Reporting 52
Dashboards 52
Gantt Dashboard 52
Project Dashboard 53
User Remaining Work Dashboard 54
Gantt Charts 55
Projects Gantt 55
Users Gantt 56
Customers Gantt 57
Products Gantt 58
Tasks Gantt 59
Charts 60
User Work Chart 60
Users Completed Work Chart 61
Reports 62
Project Statistics 62
Products Statistics 63
Customers Statistics 64
Pivots 65
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
6 Projects Planning 65
Projects Tracking 66
Users Planning 67
Users Tracking 68
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application
TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our
development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server
we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our
own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-
the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we
were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers
to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team
Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born
While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead
for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions
Are we losing money on some project or client
What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly
What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project
How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates
When will we have time and users to do our next project
Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule
And so onhellip
Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that
you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process
Application Aspect
TeamDef Development Team
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
8 TeamDef Concepts
Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team
Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and
Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that
is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server
Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow
Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to
projects
Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)
Custom column mappings
Team members can easily track actual work
E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them
Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related
only to them
One task can be assigned to more than one user
Advanced filtering of displayed information
Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently
Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server
Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours
consumption between initial planning and later modifications
Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours
consumption
Projects can be archived when they are finished
Work item reminders
See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual
duration
Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers
team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of
the application
Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)
Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)
All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)
Print preview and print of work items
Find in calendar and find in work items list
Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by
user
Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item
viewing
Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization
Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format
Customizable working hours
Support for default and particular project calendar
Project list with Team Foundation Query browser
Date navigator
Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can
find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work
Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader
business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the
project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS
Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project
manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef
for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting
Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help
of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining
work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is
then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are
put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and
also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the
realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each
(summary) task he is assigned to
Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for
planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose
Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members
In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager
is the same person
Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done
by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each
task
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not
hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development
process
Diagram 1
Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather
than team that is hierarchical organized
Project Manager
Team Leader
Team Member
Team Member
Team Leader
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on
Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application
window displayed on Picture 1
Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen
Picture 1
Main application window is divided in several different sections
Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three
sections Home Tools and Reporting
Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project
List
Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and
which allows you to select work item query for particular project
Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar
Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work
items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
3 Copyright (legal information)
Copyright Application Aspect 2007-2009 All rights reserved
The information contained in this document is proprietary to Application Aspect and may not be
used or disseminated inappropriately This document or any part of it may not be reproduced
without the written permission of Application Aspect
TRADEMARKS Microsoft Windows Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows 2003
Windows Vista Team Foundation Server Visual Studio NET SQL Server Office logo and BackOffice
are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation
Other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks andor service marks of
their respective owners
DISCLAIMER SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED AND LICENSED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
4 Contents Copyright (legal information) 3
TRADEMARKS 3
DISCLAIMER 3
Welcome to TeamDef 7
TeamDef Concepts 8
Overview 8
Features 8
Usage Scenarios 10
Scenario A 10
Scenario B 10
Scenario C 10
TeamDef Basics 12
Application Layout 12
Planning Mode 13
Adding Tasks to the Calendar 13
Change (Edit) Tasks 14
Create New Task 15
Tracking Mode 16
Working with users 18
Change user assignment 18
Users Selector 19
Pending e-mails 20
Pending Changes 21
Publish 23
Publish logic 24
Refresh 25
Work Items List 27
My Work Items 28
Baseline 29
Calendar views and calendar grouping options 30
Labels and Label Designer 31
Look and Feel 32
Filter 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
5 Projects Products and Customers 34
Archiving Projects 34
Print and print preview 35
Help 37
License 38
TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage 39
Roles 39
Change Working Time 40
Column Mappings 41
Work Items Hierarchy 43
Insert Work Item 45
Adjust Time Interval 46
Delete And Adjust 47
Share 48
Application Options 49
Reporting 52
Dashboards 52
Gantt Dashboard 52
Project Dashboard 53
User Remaining Work Dashboard 54
Gantt Charts 55
Projects Gantt 55
Users Gantt 56
Customers Gantt 57
Products Gantt 58
Tasks Gantt 59
Charts 60
User Work Chart 60
Users Completed Work Chart 61
Reports 62
Project Statistics 62
Products Statistics 63
Customers Statistics 64
Pivots 65
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
6 Projects Planning 65
Projects Tracking 66
Users Planning 67
Users Tracking 68
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application
TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our
development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server
we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our
own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-
the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we
were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers
to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team
Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born
While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead
for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions
Are we losing money on some project or client
What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly
What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project
How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates
When will we have time and users to do our next project
Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule
And so onhellip
Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that
you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process
Application Aspect
TeamDef Development Team
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
8 TeamDef Concepts
Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team
Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and
Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that
is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server
Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow
Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to
projects
Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)
Custom column mappings
Team members can easily track actual work
E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them
Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related
only to them
One task can be assigned to more than one user
Advanced filtering of displayed information
Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently
Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server
Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours
consumption between initial planning and later modifications
Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours
consumption
Projects can be archived when they are finished
Work item reminders
See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual
duration
Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers
team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of
the application
Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)
Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)
All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)
Print preview and print of work items
Find in calendar and find in work items list
Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by
user
Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item
viewing
Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization
Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format
Customizable working hours
Support for default and particular project calendar
Project list with Team Foundation Query browser
Date navigator
Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can
find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work
Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader
business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the
project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS
Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project
manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef
for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting
Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help
of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining
work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is
then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are
put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and
also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the
realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each
(summary) task he is assigned to
Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for
planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose
Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members
In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager
is the same person
Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done
by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each
task
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not
hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development
process
Diagram 1
Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather
than team that is hierarchical organized
Project Manager
Team Leader
Team Member
Team Member
Team Leader
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on
Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application
window displayed on Picture 1
Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen
Picture 1
Main application window is divided in several different sections
Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three
sections Home Tools and Reporting
Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project
List
Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and
which allows you to select work item query for particular project
Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar
Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work
items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
4 Contents Copyright (legal information) 3
TRADEMARKS 3
DISCLAIMER 3
Welcome to TeamDef 7
TeamDef Concepts 8
Overview 8
Features 8
Usage Scenarios 10
Scenario A 10
Scenario B 10
Scenario C 10
TeamDef Basics 12
Application Layout 12
Planning Mode 13
Adding Tasks to the Calendar 13
Change (Edit) Tasks 14
Create New Task 15
Tracking Mode 16
Working with users 18
Change user assignment 18
Users Selector 19
Pending e-mails 20
Pending Changes 21
Publish 23
Publish logic 24
Refresh 25
Work Items List 27
My Work Items 28
Baseline 29
Calendar views and calendar grouping options 30
Labels and Label Designer 31
Look and Feel 32
Filter 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
5 Projects Products and Customers 34
Archiving Projects 34
Print and print preview 35
Help 37
License 38
TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage 39
Roles 39
Change Working Time 40
Column Mappings 41
Work Items Hierarchy 43
Insert Work Item 45
Adjust Time Interval 46
Delete And Adjust 47
Share 48
Application Options 49
Reporting 52
Dashboards 52
Gantt Dashboard 52
Project Dashboard 53
User Remaining Work Dashboard 54
Gantt Charts 55
Projects Gantt 55
Users Gantt 56
Customers Gantt 57
Products Gantt 58
Tasks Gantt 59
Charts 60
User Work Chart 60
Users Completed Work Chart 61
Reports 62
Project Statistics 62
Products Statistics 63
Customers Statistics 64
Pivots 65
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
6 Projects Planning 65
Projects Tracking 66
Users Planning 67
Users Tracking 68
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application
TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our
development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server
we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our
own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-
the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we
were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers
to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team
Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born
While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead
for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions
Are we losing money on some project or client
What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly
What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project
How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates
When will we have time and users to do our next project
Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule
And so onhellip
Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that
you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process
Application Aspect
TeamDef Development Team
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
8 TeamDef Concepts
Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team
Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and
Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that
is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server
Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow
Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to
projects
Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)
Custom column mappings
Team members can easily track actual work
E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them
Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related
only to them
One task can be assigned to more than one user
Advanced filtering of displayed information
Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently
Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server
Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours
consumption between initial planning and later modifications
Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours
consumption
Projects can be archived when they are finished
Work item reminders
See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual
duration
Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers
team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of
the application
Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)
Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)
All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)
Print preview and print of work items
Find in calendar and find in work items list
Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by
user
Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item
viewing
Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization
Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format
Customizable working hours
Support for default and particular project calendar
Project list with Team Foundation Query browser
Date navigator
Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can
find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work
Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader
business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the
project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS
Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project
manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef
for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting
Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help
of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining
work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is
then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are
put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and
also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the
realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each
(summary) task he is assigned to
Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for
planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose
Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members
In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager
is the same person
Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done
by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each
task
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not
hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development
process
Diagram 1
Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather
than team that is hierarchical organized
Project Manager
Team Leader
Team Member
Team Member
Team Leader
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on
Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application
window displayed on Picture 1
Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen
Picture 1
Main application window is divided in several different sections
Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three
sections Home Tools and Reporting
Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project
List
Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and
which allows you to select work item query for particular project
Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar
Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work
items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
5 Projects Products and Customers 34
Archiving Projects 34
Print and print preview 35
Help 37
License 38
TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage 39
Roles 39
Change Working Time 40
Column Mappings 41
Work Items Hierarchy 43
Insert Work Item 45
Adjust Time Interval 46
Delete And Adjust 47
Share 48
Application Options 49
Reporting 52
Dashboards 52
Gantt Dashboard 52
Project Dashboard 53
User Remaining Work Dashboard 54
Gantt Charts 55
Projects Gantt 55
Users Gantt 56
Customers Gantt 57
Products Gantt 58
Tasks Gantt 59
Charts 60
User Work Chart 60
Users Completed Work Chart 61
Reports 62
Project Statistics 62
Products Statistics 63
Customers Statistics 64
Pivots 65
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
6 Projects Planning 65
Projects Tracking 66
Users Planning 67
Users Tracking 68
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application
TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our
development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server
we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our
own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-
the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we
were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers
to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team
Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born
While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead
for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions
Are we losing money on some project or client
What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly
What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project
How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates
When will we have time and users to do our next project
Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule
And so onhellip
Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that
you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process
Application Aspect
TeamDef Development Team
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
8 TeamDef Concepts
Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team
Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and
Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that
is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server
Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow
Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to
projects
Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)
Custom column mappings
Team members can easily track actual work
E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them
Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related
only to them
One task can be assigned to more than one user
Advanced filtering of displayed information
Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently
Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server
Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours
consumption between initial planning and later modifications
Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours
consumption
Projects can be archived when they are finished
Work item reminders
See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual
duration
Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers
team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of
the application
Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)
Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)
All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)
Print preview and print of work items
Find in calendar and find in work items list
Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by
user
Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item
viewing
Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization
Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format
Customizable working hours
Support for default and particular project calendar
Project list with Team Foundation Query browser
Date navigator
Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can
find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work
Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader
business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the
project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS
Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project
manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef
for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting
Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help
of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining
work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is
then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are
put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and
also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the
realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each
(summary) task he is assigned to
Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for
planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose
Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members
In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager
is the same person
Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done
by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each
task
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not
hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development
process
Diagram 1
Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather
than team that is hierarchical organized
Project Manager
Team Leader
Team Member
Team Member
Team Leader
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on
Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application
window displayed on Picture 1
Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen
Picture 1
Main application window is divided in several different sections
Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three
sections Home Tools and Reporting
Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project
List
Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and
which allows you to select work item query for particular project
Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar
Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work
items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
6 Projects Planning 65
Projects Tracking 66
Users Planning 67
Users Tracking 68
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application
TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our
development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server
we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our
own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-
the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we
were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers
to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team
Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born
While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead
for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions
Are we losing money on some project or client
What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly
What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project
How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates
When will we have time and users to do our next project
Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule
And so onhellip
Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that
you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process
Application Aspect
TeamDef Development Team
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
8 TeamDef Concepts
Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team
Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and
Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that
is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server
Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow
Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to
projects
Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)
Custom column mappings
Team members can easily track actual work
E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them
Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related
only to them
One task can be assigned to more than one user
Advanced filtering of displayed information
Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently
Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server
Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours
consumption between initial planning and later modifications
Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours
consumption
Projects can be archived when they are finished
Work item reminders
See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual
duration
Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers
team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of
the application
Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)
Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)
All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)
Print preview and print of work items
Find in calendar and find in work items list
Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by
user
Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item
viewing
Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization
Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format
Customizable working hours
Support for default and particular project calendar
Project list with Team Foundation Query browser
Date navigator
Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can
find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work
Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader
business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the
project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS
Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project
manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef
for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting
Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help
of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining
work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is
then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are
put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and
also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the
realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each
(summary) task he is assigned to
Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for
planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose
Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members
In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager
is the same person
Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done
by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each
task
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not
hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development
process
Diagram 1
Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather
than team that is hierarchical organized
Project Manager
Team Leader
Team Member
Team Member
Team Leader
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on
Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application
window displayed on Picture 1
Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen
Picture 1
Main application window is divided in several different sections
Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three
sections Home Tools and Reporting
Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project
List
Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and
which allows you to select work item query for particular project
Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar
Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work
items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application
TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our
development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server
we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our
own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-
the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we
were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers
to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team
Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born
While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead
for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions
Are we losing money on some project or client
What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly
What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project
How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates
When will we have time and users to do our next project
Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule
And so onhellip
Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that
you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process
Application Aspect
TeamDef Development Team
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
8 TeamDef Concepts
Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team
Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and
Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that
is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server
Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow
Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to
projects
Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)
Custom column mappings
Team members can easily track actual work
E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them
Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related
only to them
One task can be assigned to more than one user
Advanced filtering of displayed information
Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently
Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server
Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours
consumption between initial planning and later modifications
Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours
consumption
Projects can be archived when they are finished
Work item reminders
See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual
duration
Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers
team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of
the application
Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)
Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)
All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)
Print preview and print of work items
Find in calendar and find in work items list
Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by
user
Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item
viewing
Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization
Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format
Customizable working hours
Support for default and particular project calendar
Project list with Team Foundation Query browser
Date navigator
Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can
find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work
Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader
business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the
project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS
Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project
manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef
for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting
Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help
of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining
work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is
then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are
put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and
also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the
realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each
(summary) task he is assigned to
Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for
planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose
Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members
In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager
is the same person
Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done
by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each
task
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not
hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development
process
Diagram 1
Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather
than team that is hierarchical organized
Project Manager
Team Leader
Team Member
Team Member
Team Leader
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on
Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application
window displayed on Picture 1
Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen
Picture 1
Main application window is divided in several different sections
Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three
sections Home Tools and Reporting
Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project
List
Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and
which allows you to select work item query for particular project
Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar
Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work
items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
8 TeamDef Concepts
Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team
Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and
Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that
is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server
Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow
Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to
projects
Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)
Custom column mappings
Team members can easily track actual work
E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them
Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related
only to them
One task can be assigned to more than one user
Advanced filtering of displayed information
Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently
Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server
Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours
consumption between initial planning and later modifications
Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours
consumption
Projects can be archived when they are finished
Work item reminders
See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual
duration
Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers
team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of
the application
Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)
Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)
All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)
Print preview and print of work items
Find in calendar and find in work items list
Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by
user
Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item
viewing
Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization
Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format
Customizable working hours
Support for default and particular project calendar
Project list with Team Foundation Query browser
Date navigator
Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can
find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work
Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader
business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the
project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS
Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project
manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef
for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting
Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help
of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining
work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is
then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are
put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and
also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the
realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each
(summary) task he is assigned to
Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for
planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose
Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members
In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager
is the same person
Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done
by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each
task
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not
hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development
process
Diagram 1
Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather
than team that is hierarchical organized
Project Manager
Team Leader
Team Member
Team Member
Team Leader
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on
Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application
window displayed on Picture 1
Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen
Picture 1
Main application window is divided in several different sections
Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three
sections Home Tools and Reporting
Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project
List
Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and
which allows you to select work item query for particular project
Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar
Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work
items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by
user
Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item
viewing
Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization
Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format
Customizable working hours
Support for default and particular project calendar
Project list with Team Foundation Query browser
Date navigator
Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can
find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work
Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader
business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the
project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS
Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project
manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef
for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting
Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help
of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining
work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is
then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are
put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and
also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the
realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each
(summary) task he is assigned to
Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for
planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose
Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members
In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager
is the same person
Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done
by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each
task
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not
hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development
process
Diagram 1
Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather
than team that is hierarchical organized
Project Manager
Team Leader
Team Member
Team Member
Team Leader
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on
Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application
window displayed on Picture 1
Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen
Picture 1
Main application window is divided in several different sections
Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three
sections Home Tools and Reporting
Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project
List
Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and
which allows you to select work item query for particular project
Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar
Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work
items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can
find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work
Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader
business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the
project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS
Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project
manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef
for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting
Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help
of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining
work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is
then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are
put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and
also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the
realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each
(summary) task he is assigned to
Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members
This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for
planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose
Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members
In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager
is the same person
Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done
by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each
task
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not
hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development
process
Diagram 1
Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather
than team that is hierarchical organized
Project Manager
Team Leader
Team Member
Team Member
Team Leader
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on
Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application
window displayed on Picture 1
Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen
Picture 1
Main application window is divided in several different sections
Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three
sections Home Tools and Reporting
Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project
List
Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and
which allows you to select work item query for particular project
Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar
Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work
items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter
completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to
These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not
hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development
process
Diagram 1
Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather
than team that is hierarchical organized
Project Manager
Team Leader
Team Member
Team Member
Team Leader
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on
Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application
window displayed on Picture 1
Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen
Picture 1
Main application window is divided in several different sections
Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three
sections Home Tools and Reporting
Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project
List
Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and
which allows you to select work item query for particular project
Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar
Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work
items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on
Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application
window displayed on Picture 1
Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen
Picture 1
Main application window is divided in several different sections
Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three
sections Home Tools and Reporting
Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project
List
Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and
which allows you to select work item query for particular project
Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar
Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work
items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for
selected users
Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area
To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)
After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item
result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are
dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list
All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar
Adding Tasks to the Calendar
When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application
will offer you several possibilities
If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS
Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose
to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values
of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in
the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically
determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the
working hours
If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date
set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to
the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the
value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for
Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same
If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display
warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do
skip adding the task
If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in
which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in
order to avoid task conflicts
If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added
to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping
view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically
change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task
Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for
ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
14 Change (Edit) Tasks
To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you
will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item
(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then
be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on
this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them
When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be
automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation
Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you
can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server
Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item
ID this is read-only field and it
represents TFS item Id
Title this is title of the selected work
item ndash you are allowed to change this
value
Assigned to represents the user to
which selected work item is assigned
to
State this is TFS state for task
Reason this is TFS reason for the
task
Task Context this is read only field
and it is automatically filed when
work item is published from the MS
Project to the Team Foundation
Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the
work item
Start Date this is start date and time
of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Finish Date this is finish date and
time of the task ndash you are allowed to
change this value in any moment
Baseline Work this is read-only field
controlled by the application
Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then
select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into
Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It
is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated
from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented
in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project
Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours
Picture 2
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
15 into it
Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is
automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information
for that particular task It is represented in hours
Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even
if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder
Create New Task
If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options
1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using
Project List select work item query and the click with right
mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display
context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or
New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS
After you click New application will display you form similar to
the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are
trying to add work item
2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS
using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the
form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK
Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database
until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if
you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS
must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the
application database
Picture 3
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you
can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)
Picture 4
In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options
1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are
using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically
assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned
period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are
actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will
automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will
even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are
using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other
hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can
actually work in the planned period
2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item
and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you
can enter several things
a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you
should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during
one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your
estimate of the remaining work
c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and
time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during
the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date
according to other work item for that date
d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus
completed work considering actual working time for that period
e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if
you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if
you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will
display warning message
f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state
To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the
application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other
team members worked on
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on work item in the calendar
Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are
not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not
assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours
consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users
All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team
Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user
ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you
can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user
Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow
you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which
your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life
Change user assignment
To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options
1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work
item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any
moment choose another user to assign selected work item to
2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can
use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user
assignment of the work item
3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open
form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in
order to assign user to the selected work item
Picture 5
Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for
work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
19 Users Selector
You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users
Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users
that are in the particular group
Picture 6
With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can
in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages
Picture 7
If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you
would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button
Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items
to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend
E-mail notification on saverdquo to False
To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically
written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that
are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to
visually see what work items have pending changes
To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)
Picture 8
Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be
saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all
pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed
application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes
list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application
are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like
to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database
If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action
when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to
work items will be canceled
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the
database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be
marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All
work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click
Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)
Picture 9
To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to
TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the
publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in
order of some kind of problem
Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all
changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on
the TFS
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
24
You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or
more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add
all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team
Foundation Server
Publish logic
Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation
Server TeamDef will
process all checked items from the publish list one by one
open current item in the Team Foundation Server
make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS
log publish operation
save changes to the work item stored in TFS
delete task from publish list
Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be
discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database
and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server
Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field
values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation
Server store and history record will be created
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh
items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work
items stored in Team Foundation Server repository
Picture 10
To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work
items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will
process project by project from all selected projects
query Team Foundation Server work items for each project
compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query
add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the
work item stored in the Team Foundation Server
Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column
mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details
If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to
the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and
finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
26
When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed
Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button
When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list
update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with
values from Team Foundation Server
log refresh operation
Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work
items that needs to be compared
Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse
button on the list to select or unselect items in the list
Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server
all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty
Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently
loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button
application will open form displayed on the Picture 11
Picture 11
This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view
instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to
adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently
applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours
To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will
open form displayed on the Picture 12
Picture 12
This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you
can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the
tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show
you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the
selected tasks
To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline
work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu
Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful
information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan
when the project is finished
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work
items and users
For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between
Day view
Work week view
Week view
Month view
Timeline view
Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks
Without Grouping
Grouped By Date
Grouped By User
You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work
with TeamDef application
If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View
Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View
menu
Picture 13
Here you can set variety of properties for the current view
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work
items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu
and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you
Picture 14
When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which
allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other
If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label
designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon
Picture 15
Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels
that you do not required anymore
To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label
and then click on Save button
To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign
When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this
action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks
If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety
of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the
Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)
Picture 16
Picture 17
For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to
choose among few different styles
Flat
Ultra Flat
Style 3D
Office 2003
Skin
Windows XP Theme
Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order
to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way
Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form
displayed on the Picture 18
Picture 18
Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in
order to filter data in the most suitable way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects
are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to
sell
For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You
are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash
application will work just fine without these links
But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to
you
First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate
options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on
the Picture 19
Picture 19
To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally
select product and customer Save when you are done
Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow
you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer
Archiving Projects
If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will
not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want
to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment
Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do
not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add
projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the
screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in
the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the
Picture 20
Picture 20
Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is
printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail
it
If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button
which will open form displayed on Picture 21
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
36
Picture 21
Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable
way
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This
will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application
Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report
a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef
application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to
introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the
period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to
purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow
you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are
considered to be advanced
Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better
adopt and customize application
Application users can be put into these roles
Administrators
Project Managers
Team Leaders
Team Members
Please consult Table 1 for more details
Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members
Projects x x
Products x x
Customers x x
Users x
Import from TFS x
Users Hierarchy x x
Groups x x x
Users And Groups x x x
Roles x
Change Working Time x x
Label Designer x x
Application Options
Reporting
Table 1
() Determined by the application options
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team
Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish
on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should
synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef
Picture 22
Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs
These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project
If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on
the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23
Picture 23
To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on
desired date and make necessary modifications
Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working
time for different projects
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your
Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can
extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column
mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application
This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and
particularly when you are working with brand new work item types
When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish
default column mappings
Picture 24
Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each
project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be
established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use
more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture
25)
To create column mappings please follow these steps
1) Select team project
2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings
3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI
methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set
default column mappings for selected project and work item
4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type
If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and
select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check
enabled column for that mappings
To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
42
Picture 25
Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data
types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and
TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to
proceed with that kind of mapping
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy
between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this
feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work
and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also
adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for
example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed
To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with
new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve
that
1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005
Redistributable Components
(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-
835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation
Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-
658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)
2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server
3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server
4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation
Server and click Connect
5) Select work item type and click OK
6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg
TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done
7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar
8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New
control from the context menu
9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID
10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar
To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just
select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on
that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using
context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)
After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools
-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)
Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID
and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps
1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog
displayed on Picture 25
2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select
ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this
mapping
4) Click Save to save changes
Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select
appropriate query (eg My Work Items)
Picture 26
Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)
Picture 27
Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy
Picture 28
Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server
Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy
from the menu
Picture 29
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the
calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work
Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items
to accommodate newly inserted work item
To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps
1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert
Work Item from the context menu
4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button
Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item
query in order to use this option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items
to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then
automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the
selected work item
To adjust time interval please follow these steps
1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Adjust Time Interval from the context menu
4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date
5) Click Apply button
Picture 30
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in
the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust
immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option
Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following
work items
1) Select work item which you would like to delete
2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected
in the step 1)
3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose
Delete And Adjust from the context menu
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever
you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data
Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options
Export to Microsoft Outlook
Export to vCalendar format
Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users
To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar
to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format
Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To
Outlook option
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options
(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31
Picture 31
Please consult Table 2 for more details
Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form
httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and
PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located
TeamDef Web Service authentication
Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False
TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
50 user name
Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service
If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False
Default TFS server
name
This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application
TFS type name for task
()
This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo
Task is active for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo
Task is new for TFS
reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo
Task is closed for TFS
state ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo
Task is completed for
TFS reason ()
This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo
Allowed work item types for summary items ()
Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items
Hierarchy Field Name ()
Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information
Display user initials
when suitable
If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in
ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True
Display TFS work item
ID
If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front
of task title Default value is True
From This if from address for notification e-mail
Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail
Body () This is body field for notification e-mail
Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail
Send e-mail
notifications on save
If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save
operation Default value is True
Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True
Allow private user
groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If
this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is
False
Show warning when
adding scheduled
appointment
If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True
New scheduled
appointment mode
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set
Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo
Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
51 task exists already exists Default value is True
Show warning when
task exists - remember
answer
This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already
exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo
Reports are available to
team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo
have access to reports Default value is False
Publish and refresh
Assigned To field ()
If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from
Team Foundation Server Default value is True
Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False
Table 2
() - Affects all TeamDef application users
In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate
usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products
Dashboards
Gantt Dashboard
Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four
different Gantt charts
Projects Gantt
Customers Gantt
Products Gantt
Users Gantt
Picture 32
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
53 Project Dashboard
Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects
Picture 33
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
54 User Remaining Work Dashboard
User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of
users for selected project
Picture 34
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
55 Gantt Charts
Projects Gantt
Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects
Picture 35
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
56 Users Gantt
Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users
Picture 36
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
57 Customers Gantt
If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see
Gantt chart for your customers
Picture 37
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
58 Products Gantt
If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for
your products
Picture 38
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
59 Tasks Gantt
Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period
Picture 39
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
60 Charts
User Work Chart
This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period
Picture 40
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
61 Users Completed Work Chart
This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project
Picture 41
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
62 Reports
Project Statistics
Display statistics for all projects
Picture 42
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
63 Products Statistics
Display statistics for all products
Picture 43
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
64 Customers Statistics
Display statistics for all customers
Picture 44
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
65 Pivots
Projects Planning
Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase
Picture 45
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
66 Projects Tracking
Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase
Picture 46
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
67 Users Planning
Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase
Picture 47
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48
TeamDef Userrsquos Manual
Application Aspect
68 Users Tracking
Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase
Picture 48